xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision 9ec82ff2)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 
432 /*
433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
437 **
438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
444 */
445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
446 struct PagerSavepoint {
447   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
448   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
449   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
450   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
451   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
453   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
454 #endif
455 };
456 
457 /*
458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
459 */
460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
463 
464 /*
465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
466 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
467 **
468 ** eState
469 **
470 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
471 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
472 **
473 ** eLock
474 **
475 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
476 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
477 **
478 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
479 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
480 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
481 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
482 **   need (and no reason to release them).
483 **
484 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
485 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
486 **   details.
487 **
488 ** changeCountDone
489 **
490 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
491 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
492 **   not updated more often than necessary.
493 **
494 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
495 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
496 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
497 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
498 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
499 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
500 **
501 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
502 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
503 **   committed.
504 **
505 ** setMaster
506 **
507 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
508 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
509 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
510 **
511 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
512 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
513 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
514 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
515 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
516 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
517 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
518 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
519 **
520 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
521 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
522 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
523 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
524 **
525 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
526 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
527 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
528 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
529 **
530 ** doNotSpill
531 **
532 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
533 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
534 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
535 **
536 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
537 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
538 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
539 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
540 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
541 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
542 **   case is a user preference.
543 **
544 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
545 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
546 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
547 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
548 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
549 **
550 ** subjInMemory
551 **
552 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
553 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
554 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
555 **
556 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
557 **   write-transaction is opened.
558 **
559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
560 **
561 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
562 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
563 **   OPEN and ERROR).
564 **
565 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
566 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
567 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
568 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
569 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
570 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
571 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
572 **   to dbSize==1).
573 **
574 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
575 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
576 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
577 **   dbSize is updated.
578 **
579 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
580 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
581 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
582 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
583 **   being modified.
584 **
585 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
586 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
587 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
588 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
589 **
590 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
591 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
592 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
593 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
594 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
595 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
596 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
597 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
598 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
599 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
600 **
601 ** dbHintSize
602 **
603 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
604 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
605 **
606 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
607 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
608 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
609 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
610 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
611 **   details.
612 **
613 ** errCode
614 **
615 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
616 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
617 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
618 **   sub-codes.
619 */
620 struct Pager {
621   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
622   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
623   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
624   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
625   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
626   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
627   u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
628   u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
629   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
630   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
631   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
632   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
633   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
634   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
635 
636   /**************************************************************************
637   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
638   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
639   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
640   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
641   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
642   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
643   ** "configuration" of the pager.
644   */
645   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
646   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
647   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
648   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
649   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
650   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
651   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
652   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
653   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
654   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
655   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
656   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
657   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
658   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
659   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
660   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
661   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
662   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
663   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
664   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
665   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
666   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
667   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
668   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
669   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
670   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
671   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
672 
673   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
674   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
675   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
676   /*
677   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
678   ***************************************************************************/
679 
680   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
681   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
682   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
683   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
684   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
685   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
686   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
687   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
688   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
689   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
690   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
691   int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
692 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
693   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
694 #endif
695   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
696   int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
697 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
698   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
699   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
700   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
701   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
702 #endif
703   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
704   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
705 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
706   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
707   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
708 #endif
709 };
710 
711 /*
712 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
713 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
714 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
715 */
716 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
717 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
718 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
719 
720 /*
721 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
722 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
723 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
724 */
725 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
726 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
727 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
728 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
729 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
730 #else
731 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
732 #endif
733 
734 
735 
736 /*
737 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
738 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
739 **
740 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
741 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
742 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
743 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
744 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
745 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
746 ** journal and ignore it.
747 **
748 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
749 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
750 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
751 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
752 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
753 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
754 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
755 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
756 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
757 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
758 */
759 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
760   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
761 };
762 
763 /*
764 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
765 ** the following macro.
766 */
767 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
768 
769 /*
770 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
771 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
772 */
773 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
774 
775 /*
776 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
777 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
778 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
779 ** out code that would never execute.
780 */
781 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
782 # define MEMDB 0
783 #else
784 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
785 #endif
786 
787 /*
788 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
789 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
790 */
791 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
792 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
793 #else
794 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
795 #endif
796 
797 /*
798 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
799 */
800 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
801 
802 /*
803 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
804 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
805 **
806 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
807 **
808 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
809 **
810 ** instead of
811 **
812 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
813 */
814 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
815 
816 /*
817 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log to read page pgno.
818 ** Return false if the pager reads pgno directly from the database.
819 */
820 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ)
821 int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
822   u32 iRead = 0;
823   int rc;
824   if( pPager->pWal==0 ) return 0;
825   rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
826   return rc || iRead;
827 }
828 #endif
829 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
830 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
831 #else
832 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
833 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
834 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
835 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
836 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
837 #endif
838 
839 #ifndef NDEBUG
840 /*
841 ** Usage:
842 **
843 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
844 **
845 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
846 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
847 */
848 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
849   Pager *pPager = p;
850 
851   /* State must be valid. */
852   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
853        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
854        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
855        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
856        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
857        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
858        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
859   );
860 
861   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
862   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
863   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
864   */
865   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
866   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
867 
868   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
869   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
870   */
871   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
872   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
873 
874   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
875   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
876   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
877   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
878   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
879   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
880   ** state.
881   */
882   if( MEMDB ){
883     assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
884     assert( p->noSync );
885     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
886          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
887     );
888     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
889     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
890   }
891 
892   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
893   ** on the file.
894   */
895   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
896   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
897 
898   switch( p->eState ){
899     case PAGER_OPEN:
900       assert( !MEMDB );
901       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
902       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
903       break;
904 
905     case PAGER_READER:
906       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
907       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
908       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
909       break;
910 
911     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
912       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
913       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
914       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
915         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
916       }
917       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
918       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
919       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
920       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
921       break;
922 
923     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
924       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
925       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
926       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
927         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
928         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
929         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
930         ** to journal_mode=wal.
931         */
932         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
933         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
934              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
935              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
936         );
937       }
938       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
939       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
940       break;
941 
942     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
943       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
944       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
945       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
946       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
947       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
948            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
949            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
950       );
951       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
952       break;
953 
954     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
955       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
956       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
957       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
958       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
959            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
960            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
961       );
962       break;
963 
964     case PAGER_ERROR:
965       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
966       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
967       ** back to OPEN state.
968       */
969       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
970       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
971       break;
972   }
973 
974   return 1;
975 }
976 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
977 
978 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
979 /*
980 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
981 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
982 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
983 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
984 **
985 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
986 */
987 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
988   static char zRet[1024];
989 
990   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
991       "Filename:      %s\n"
992       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
993       "Lock:          %s\n"
994       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
995       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
996       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
997       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
998       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
999       , p->zFilename
1000       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
1001         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
1002         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1003         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1004         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1005         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1006         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1007       , (int)p->errCode
1008       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1009         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1010         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1011         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1012         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1013       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1014       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1015         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1016         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1017         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1018         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1019         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1020       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1021       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1022       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1023   );
1024 
1025   return zRet;
1026 }
1027 #endif
1028 
1029 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1030 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1031 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1032 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1033 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1034 #endif
1035 
1036 /*
1037 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1038 ** content from the pager.
1039 */
1040 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
1041   if( pPager->errCode ){
1042     pPager->xGet = getPageError;
1043 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1044   }else if( USEFETCH(pPager)
1045 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
1046    && pPager->xCodec==0
1047 #endif
1048   ){
1049     pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
1050 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1051   }else{
1052     pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
1053   }
1054 }
1055 
1056 /*
1057 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1058 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1059 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1060 **
1061 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1062 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1063 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1064 */
1065 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1066   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1067   PagerSavepoint *p;
1068   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1069   int i;
1070   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1071     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1072     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1073       return 1;
1074     }
1075   }
1076   return 0;
1077 }
1078 
1079 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1080 /*
1081 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1082 */
1083 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1084   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1085 }
1086 #endif
1087 
1088 /*
1089 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1090 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1091 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1092 **
1093 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1094 */
1095 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1096   unsigned char ac[4];
1097   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1098   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1099     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1100   }
1101   return rc;
1102 }
1103 
1104 /*
1105 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1106 */
1107 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1108 
1109 
1110 /*
1111 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1112 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1113 */
1114 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1115   char ac[4];
1116   put32bits(ac, val);
1117   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1118 }
1119 
1120 /*
1121 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1122 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1123 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1124 **
1125 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1126 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1127 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1128 */
1129 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1130   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1131 
1132   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1133   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1134   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1135   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1136     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1137     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1138     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1139       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1140     }
1141     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1142   }
1143   return rc;
1144 }
1145 
1146 /*
1147 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1148 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1149 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1150 **
1151 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1152 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1153 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1154 ** of this.
1155 */
1156 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1157   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1158 
1159   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1160   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1161     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1162     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1163       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1164       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1165     }
1166   }
1167   return rc;
1168 }
1169 
1170 /*
1171 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
1172 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
1173 **
1174 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1175 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1176 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1177 **      to the page size.
1178 **
1179 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
1180 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
1181 ** database.
1182 **
1183 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
1184 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
1185 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1186 */
1187 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1188 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1189   assert( !MEMDB );
1190   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
1191     int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1192     int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
1193     int szPage;                       /* Page size */
1194 
1195     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1196     dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1197     nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1198     szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1199 
1200     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1201     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1202     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1203       return 0;
1204     }
1205   }
1206 
1207   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1208 }
1209 #else
1210 # define jrnlBufferSize(x) 0
1211 #endif
1212 
1213 /*
1214 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1215 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1216 ** and debugging only.
1217 */
1218 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1219 /*
1220 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1221 */
1222 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1223   u32 hash = 0;
1224   int i;
1225   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1226     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1227   }
1228   return hash;
1229 }
1230 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1231   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1232 }
1233 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1234   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1235 }
1236 
1237 /*
1238 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1239 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1240 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1241 */
1242 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1243 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1244   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1245   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1246   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1247 }
1248 
1249 #else
1250 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1251 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1252 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1253 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1254 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1255 
1256 /*
1257 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1258 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1259 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1260 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1261 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1262 **
1263 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1264 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1265 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1266 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1267 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1268 ** were present in the journal.
1269 **
1270 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1271 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1272 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1273 ** journal file name.
1274 **
1275 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1276 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1277 **
1278 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1279 ** error code is returned.
1280 */
1281 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1282   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1283   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1284   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1285   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1286   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1287   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1288   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1289 
1290   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1291    || szJ<16
1292    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1293    || len>=nMaster
1294    || len==0
1295    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1296    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1297    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1298    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1299   ){
1300     return rc;
1301   }
1302 
1303   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1304   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1305     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1306   }
1307   if( cksum ){
1308     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1309     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1310     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1311     ** master-journal filename.
1312     */
1313     len = 0;
1314   }
1315   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1316 
1317   return SQLITE_OK;
1318 }
1319 
1320 /*
1321 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1322 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1323 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1324 **
1325 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1326 **
1327 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1328 **   ---------------------------------------
1329 **   0                         0
1330 **   512                       512
1331 **   100                       512
1332 **   2000                      2048
1333 **
1334 */
1335 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1336   i64 offset = 0;
1337   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1338   if( c ){
1339     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1340   }
1341   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1342   assert( offset>=c );
1343   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1344   return offset;
1345 }
1346 
1347 /*
1348 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1349 **
1350 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1351 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1352 **
1353 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1354 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1355 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1356 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1357 ** after writing or truncating it.
1358 **
1359 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1360 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1361 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1362 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1363 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1364 **
1365 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1366 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1367 */
1368 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1369   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1370   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1371   assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
1372   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1373     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1374 
1375     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1376     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1377       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1378     }else{
1379       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1380       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1381     }
1382     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1383       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1384     }
1385 
1386     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1387     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1388     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1389     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1390     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1391     */
1392     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1393       i64 sz;
1394       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1395       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1396         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1397       }
1398     }
1399   }
1400   return rc;
1401 }
1402 
1403 /*
1404 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1405 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1406 ** current location.
1407 **
1408 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1409 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1410 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1411 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1412 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1413 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1414 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1415 **
1416 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1417 */
1418 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1419   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1420   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1421   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1422   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1423   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1424 
1425   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1426 
1427   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1428     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1429   }
1430 
1431   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1432   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1433   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1434   */
1435   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1436     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1437       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1438     }
1439   }
1440 
1441   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1442 
1443   /*
1444   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1445   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1446   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1447   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1448   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1449   **
1450   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1451   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1452   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1453   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1454   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1455   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1456   **
1457   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1458   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1459   **
1460   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1461   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1462   */
1463   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1464   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1465    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1466   ){
1467     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1468     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1469   }else{
1470     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1471   }
1472 
1473   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1474   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1475   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1476   /* The initial database size */
1477   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1478   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1479   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1480 
1481   /* The page size */
1482   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1483 
1484   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1485   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1486   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1487   ** take the performance hit.
1488   */
1489   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1490          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1491 
1492   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1493   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1494   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1495   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1496   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1497   **
1498   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1499   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1500   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1501   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1502   ** is done.
1503   **
1504   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1505   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1506   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1507   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1508   */
1509   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1510     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1511     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1512     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1513     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1514   }
1515 
1516   return rc;
1517 }
1518 
1519 /*
1520 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1521 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1522 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1523 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1524 ** a description of the journal header format.
1525 **
1526 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1527 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1528 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1529 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1530 ** in this case.
1531 **
1532 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1533 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1534 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1535 */
1536 static int readJournalHdr(
1537   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1538   int isHot,
1539   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1540   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1541   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1542 ){
1543   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1544   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1545   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1546 
1547   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1548 
1549   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1550   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1551   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1552   */
1553   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1554   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1555     return SQLITE_DONE;
1556   }
1557   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1558 
1559   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1560   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1561   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1562   ** proceed.
1563   */
1564   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1565     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1566     if( rc ){
1567       return rc;
1568     }
1569     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1570       return SQLITE_DONE;
1571     }
1572   }
1573 
1574   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1575   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1576   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1577   */
1578   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1579    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1580    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1581   ){
1582     return rc;
1583   }
1584 
1585   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1586     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1587     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1588 
1589     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1590     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1591      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1592     ){
1593       return rc;
1594     }
1595 
1596     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1597     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1598     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1599     */
1600     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1601       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1602     }
1603 
1604     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1605     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1606     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1607     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1608     */
1609     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1610      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1611      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1612     ){
1613       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1614       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1615       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1616       ** the journal file here.
1617       */
1618       return SQLITE_DONE;
1619     }
1620 
1621     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1622     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1623     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1624     */
1625     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1626     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1627 
1628     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1629     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1630     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1631     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1632     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1633     */
1634     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1635   }
1636 
1637   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1638   return rc;
1639 }
1640 
1641 
1642 /*
1643 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1644 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1645 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1646 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1647 ** anything is written. The format is:
1648 **
1649 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1650 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1651 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1652 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1653 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1654 **
1655 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1656 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1657 **
1658 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1659 ** this call is a no-op.
1660 */
1661 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1662   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1663   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1664   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1665   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1666   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1667 
1668   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1669   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1670 
1671   if( !zMaster
1672    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1673    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1674   ){
1675     return SQLITE_OK;
1676   }
1677   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1678   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1679 
1680   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1681   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1682     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1683   }
1684 
1685   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1686   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1687   ** the journal has already been synced.
1688   */
1689   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1690     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1691   }
1692   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1693 
1694   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1695   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1696   */
1697   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1698    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1699    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1700    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1701    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1702                                  iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1703   ){
1704     return rc;
1705   }
1706   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1707 
1708   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1709   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1710   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1711   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1712   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1713   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1714   **
1715   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1716   ** file to the required size.
1717   */
1718   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1719    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1720   ){
1721     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1722   }
1723   return rc;
1724 }
1725 
1726 /*
1727 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1728 */
1729 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1730   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1731   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1732   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1733 }
1734 
1735 /*
1736 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1737 */
1738 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1739   assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN );
1740   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1741 }
1742 
1743 /*
1744 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1745 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1746 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1747 */
1748 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1749   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1750   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1751     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1752   }
1753   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
1754     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1755   }
1756   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1757   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1758   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1759   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1760 }
1761 
1762 /*
1763 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1764 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1765 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1766 */
1767 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1768   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1769   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1770 
1771   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1772     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1773     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1774       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1775       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1776       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1777     }
1778   }
1779   return rc;
1780 }
1781 
1782 /*
1783 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1784 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1785 ** state.
1786 **
1787 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1788 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1789 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1790 ** closed (if it is open).
1791 **
1792 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1793 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1794 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1795 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1796 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1797 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1798 */
1799 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1800 
1801   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1802        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1803        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1804   );
1805 
1806   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1807   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1808   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1809 
1810   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1811     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1812     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1813     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1814   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1815     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1816     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1817 
1818     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1819     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1820     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1821     ** out from under us.
1822     */
1823     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1824     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1825     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1826     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1827     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1828     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1829     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1830      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1831     ){
1832       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1833     }
1834 
1835     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1836     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1837     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1838     ** is necessary.
1839     */
1840     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1841     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1842       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1843     }
1844 
1845     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1846     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1847     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1848     */
1849     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1850     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1851     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1852   }
1853 
1854   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1855   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1856   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1857   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1858   */
1859   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1860   if( pPager->errCode ){
1861     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
1862       pager_reset(pPager);
1863       pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1864       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1865     }else{
1866       pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
1867     }
1868     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1869     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1870     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1871   }
1872 
1873   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1874   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1875   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1876 }
1877 
1878 /*
1879 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1880 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1881 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1882 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1883 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1884 **
1885 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1886 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1887 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1888 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1889 **
1890 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1891 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1892 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1893 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1894 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1895 ** it were a hot-journal).
1896 */
1897 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1898   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1899   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1900   assert(
1901        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1902        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1903        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1904   );
1905   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1906     pPager->errCode = rc;
1907     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1908     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1909   }
1910   return rc;
1911 }
1912 
1913 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1914 
1915 /*
1916 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1917 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1918 **
1919 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1920 **
1921 ** Rules:
1922 **
1923 **   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
1924 **      for transactions to be durable.
1925 **
1926 **   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1927 **      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1928 **      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1929 **      cache size.
1930 */
1931 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
1932   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
1933   if( !bCommit ) return 0;
1934   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
1935   return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
1936 }
1937 
1938 /*
1939 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1940 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1941 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1942 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1943 ** database transaction.
1944 **
1945 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1946 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1947 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1948 **
1949 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1950 **
1951 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1952 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1953 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1954 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1955 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1956 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1957 **
1958 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1959 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1960 **     in-memory journal.
1961 **
1962 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1963 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1964 **
1965 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1966 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1967 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1968 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1969 **
1970 **   journalMode==DELETE
1971 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1972 **
1973 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1974 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1975 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1976 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1977 **
1978 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1979 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1980 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
1981 **
1982 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
1983 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
1984 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
1985 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
1986 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
1987 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
1988 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
1989 ** returned.
1990 */
1991 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
1992   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
1993   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
1994 
1995   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
1996   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
1997   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
1998   ** held under two circumstances:
1999   **
2000   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2001   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2002   **
2003   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2004   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2005   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2006   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2007   */
2008   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2009   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2010   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
2011     return SQLITE_OK;
2012   }
2013 
2014   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
2015   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
2016   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
2017     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2018 
2019     /* Finalize the journal file. */
2020     if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
2021       /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2022       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2023     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
2024       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
2025         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2026       }else{
2027         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
2028         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
2029           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2030           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2031           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
2032           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2033           */
2034           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
2035         }
2036       }
2037       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2038     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2039       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
2040     ){
2041       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile);
2042       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2043     }else{
2044       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2045       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2046       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2047       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2048       */
2049       int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
2050       assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
2051       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2052            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2053            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2054       );
2055       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2056       if( bDelete ){
2057         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2058       }
2059     }
2060   }
2061 
2062 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2063   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2064   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2065     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2066     if( p ){
2067       p->pageHash = 0;
2068       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2069     }
2070   }
2071 #endif
2072 
2073   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2074   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2075   pPager->nRec = 0;
2076   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2077     if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
2078       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2079     }else{
2080       sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
2081     }
2082     sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2083   }
2084 
2085   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2086     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2087     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2088     ** lock held on the database file.
2089     */
2090     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2091     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2092   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2093     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2094     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2095     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2096     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2097     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2098     ** required size.  */
2099     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2100     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2101   }
2102 
2103   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
2104     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2105     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2106   }
2107 
2108   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2109    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2110   ){
2111     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2112     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
2113   }
2114   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2115   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2116 
2117   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2118 }
2119 
2120 /*
2121 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2122 ** database file.
2123 **
2124 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2125 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2126 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2127 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2128 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2129 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2130 ** will roll it back.
2131 **
2132 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2133 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2134 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2135 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2136 */
2137 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2138   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2139     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2140     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2141       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2142       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2143       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2144     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2145       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2146       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2147     }
2148   }
2149   pager_unlock(pPager);
2150 }
2151 
2152 /*
2153 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2154 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2155 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2156 **
2157 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2158 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2159 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2160 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2161 **
2162 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2163 ** incompatible journal file format.
2164 **
2165 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2166 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2167 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2168 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2169 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2170 */
2171 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2172   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2173   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2174   while( i>0 ){
2175     cksum += aData[i];
2176     i -= 200;
2177   }
2178   return cksum;
2179 }
2180 
2181 /*
2182 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2183 ** to the codec.
2184 */
2185 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2186 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2187   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2188     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2189                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2190   }
2191 }
2192 #else
2193 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2194 #endif
2195 
2196 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2197 /*
2198 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
2199 ** pager as it is in the source.  This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
2200 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
2201 */
2202 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
2203   if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
2204     pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
2205     pagerReportSize(pDest);
2206   }
2207 }
2208 #endif
2209 
2210 /*
2211 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2212 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2213 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2214 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2215 **
2216 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2217 ** not.
2218 **
2219 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2220 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2221 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2222 **
2223 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2224 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2225 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2226 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2227 ** prior to returning.
2228 **
2229 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2230 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2231 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2232 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2233 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2234 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2235 ** two circumstances:
2236 **
2237 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2238 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2239 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2240 **
2241 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2242 **
2243 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2244 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2245 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2246 */
2247 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2248   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2249   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2250   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2251   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2252   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2253 ){
2254   int rc;
2255   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2256   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2257   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2258   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2259   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2260   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2261 
2262   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2263   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2264   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2265   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2266 
2267   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2268   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2269   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2270 
2271   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2272   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2273   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2274   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2275   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2276   */
2277   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2278        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2279   );
2280   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2281 
2282   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2283   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2284   */
2285   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2286   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2287   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2288   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2289   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2290   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2291 
2292   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2293   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2294   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2295   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2296   */
2297   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2298     assert( !isSavepnt );
2299     return SQLITE_DONE;
2300   }
2301   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2302     return SQLITE_OK;
2303   }
2304   if( isMainJrnl ){
2305     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2306     if( rc ) return rc;
2307     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2308       return SQLITE_DONE;
2309     }
2310   }
2311 
2312   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2313   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2314   */
2315   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2316     return rc;
2317   }
2318 
2319   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2320   */
2321   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2322     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2323     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2324   }
2325 
2326   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2327   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2328   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2329   **
2330   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2331   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2332   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2333   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2334   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2335   ** assert()able.
2336   **
2337   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2338   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2339   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2340   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2341   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2342   **
2343   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2344   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2345   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2346   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2347   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2348   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2349   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2350   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2351   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2352   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2353   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2354   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2355   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2356   **
2357   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2358   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2359   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2360   */
2361   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2362     pPg = 0;
2363   }else{
2364     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2365   }
2366   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2367   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
2368   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2369            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2370            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2371   ));
2372   if( isMainJrnl ){
2373     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2374   }else{
2375     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2376   }
2377   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2378    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2379    && isSynced
2380   ){
2381     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2382     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2383     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2384     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2385     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2386       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2387     }
2388     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2389       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2390       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2391       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData);
2392     }
2393   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2394     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2395     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2396     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2397     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2398     ** current.
2399     **
2400     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2401     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2402     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2403     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2404     **
2405     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2406     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2407     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2408     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2409     */
2410     assert( isSavepnt );
2411     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2412     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2413     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2414     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2415     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2416     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2417     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2418   }
2419   if( pPg ){
2420     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2421     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2422     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2423     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2424     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2425     */
2426     void *pData;
2427     pData = pPg->pData;
2428     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2429     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2430     /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
2431     ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2432     ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2433     ** has been removed. */
2434     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2435 
2436     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2437     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2438     if( pgno==1 ){
2439       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2440     }
2441 
2442     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2443     CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2444     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2445   }
2446   return rc;
2447 }
2448 
2449 /*
2450 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2451 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2452 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2453 ** and does so if it is.
2454 **
2455 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2456 ** available for use within this function.
2457 **
2458 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2459 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2460 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2461 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2462 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2463 **
2464 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2465 **
2466 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2467 ** journals have been rolled back.
2468 **
2469 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2470 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2471 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2472 **
2473 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2474 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2475 **     file zMaster
2476 **
2477 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2478 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2479 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2480 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2481 **
2482 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2483 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2484 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2485 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2486 **
2487 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2488 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2489 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2490 ** size.
2491 */
2492 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2493   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2494   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2495   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2496   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2497   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2498   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2499   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2500   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2501   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2502 
2503   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2504   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2505   */
2506   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2507   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2508   if( !pMaster ){
2509     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2510   }else{
2511     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2512     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2513   }
2514   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2515 
2516   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2517   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2518   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2519   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2520   */
2521   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2522   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2523   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2524   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2525   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2526     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2527     goto delmaster_out;
2528   }
2529   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2530   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2531   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2532   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2533 
2534   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2535   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2536     int exists;
2537     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2538     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2539       goto delmaster_out;
2540     }
2541     if( exists ){
2542       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2543       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2544       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2545       */
2546       int c;
2547       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2548       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2549       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2550         goto delmaster_out;
2551       }
2552 
2553       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2554       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2555       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2556         goto delmaster_out;
2557       }
2558 
2559       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2560       if( c ){
2561         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2562         goto delmaster_out;
2563       }
2564     }
2565     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2566   }
2567 
2568   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2569   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2570 
2571 delmaster_out:
2572   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2573   if( pMaster ){
2574     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2575     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2576     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2577   }
2578   return rc;
2579 }
2580 
2581 
2582 /*
2583 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2584 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2585 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2586 **
2587 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2588 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2589 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2590 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2591 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2592 **
2593 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2594 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2595 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2596 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2597 ** the end of the new file instead.
2598 **
2599 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2600 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2601 */
2602 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2603   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2604   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2605   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2606 
2607   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2608    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2609   ){
2610     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2611     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2612     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2613     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2614     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2615     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2616     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2617       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2618         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2619       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2620         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2621         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2622         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2623         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2624         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2625       }
2626       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2627         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2628       }
2629     }
2630   }
2631   return rc;
2632 }
2633 
2634 /*
2635 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2636 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2637 */
2638 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2639   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2640   if( iRet<32 ){
2641     iRet = 512;
2642   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2643     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2644     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2645   }
2646   return iRet;
2647 }
2648 
2649 /*
2650 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2651 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2652 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2653 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2654 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2655 **
2656 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2657 **
2658 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2659 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2660 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2661 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2662 **
2663 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2664 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2665 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2666 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2667 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2668 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2669 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2670 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2671 */
2672 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2673   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2674 
2675   if( pPager->tempFile
2676    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2677               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2678   ){
2679     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2680     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2681     ** call will segfault. */
2682     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2683   }else{
2684     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2685   }
2686 }
2687 
2688 /*
2689 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2690 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2691 **
2692 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2693 **
2694 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2695 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2696 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2697 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2698 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2699 **       sanity checksum.
2700 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2701 **       database to during a rollback.
2702 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2703 **       is this many bytes in size.
2704 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2705 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2706 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2707 **        +  4 byte page number.
2708 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2709 **        +  4 byte checksum
2710 **
2711 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2712 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2713 **
2714 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2715 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2716 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2717 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2718 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2719 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2720 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2721 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2722 **
2723 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2724 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2725 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2726 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2727 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2728 **
2729 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2730 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2731 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2732 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2733 ** been encountered.
2734 **
2735 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2736 ** and an error code is returned.
2737 **
2738 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2739 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2740 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2741 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2742 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2743 ** needed.
2744 */
2745 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2746   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2747   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2748   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2749   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2750   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2751   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2752   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2753   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2754   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2755   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2756 
2757   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2758   ** the journal is empty.
2759   */
2760   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2761   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2762   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2763     goto end_playback;
2764   }
2765 
2766   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2767   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2768   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2769   ** played back.
2770   **
2771   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2772   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2773   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2774   ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2775   ** for pageSize.
2776   */
2777   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2778   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2779   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2780     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2781   }
2782   zMaster = 0;
2783   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2784     goto end_playback;
2785   }
2786   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2787   needPagerReset = isHot;
2788 
2789   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2790   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2791   ** occurs.
2792   */
2793   while( 1 ){
2794     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2795     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2796     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2797     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2798     */
2799     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2800     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2801       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2802         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2803       }
2804       goto end_playback;
2805     }
2806 
2807     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2808     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2809     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2810     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2811     */
2812     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2813       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2814       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2815     }
2816 
2817     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2818     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2819     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2820     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2821     ** size of the file.
2822     **
2823     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2824     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2825     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2826     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2827     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2828     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2829     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2830     */
2831     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2832         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2833       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2834     }
2835 
2836     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2837     ** database file back to its original size.
2838     */
2839     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2840       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2841       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2842         goto end_playback;
2843       }
2844       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2845     }
2846 
2847     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2848     ** database file and/or page cache.
2849     */
2850     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2851       if( needPagerReset ){
2852         pager_reset(pPager);
2853         needPagerReset = 0;
2854       }
2855       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2856       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2857         nPlayback++;
2858       }else{
2859         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2860           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2861           break;
2862         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2863           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2864           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2865           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2866           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2867           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2868           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2869           goto end_playback;
2870         }else{
2871           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2872           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2873           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2874           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2875           */
2876           goto end_playback;
2877         }
2878       }
2879     }
2880   }
2881   /*NOTREACHED*/
2882   assert( 0 );
2883 
2884 end_playback:
2885   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2886   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2887   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2888   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2889   */
2890 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2891   if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
2892     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2893   }
2894 #endif
2895 
2896   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2897   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2898   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2899   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2900   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2901   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2902   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2903   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2904   */
2905   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2906 
2907   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2908     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2909     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2910     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2911   }
2912   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2913    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2914   ){
2915     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2916   }
2917   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2918     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2919     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2920   }
2921   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2922     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2923     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2924     */
2925     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2926     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2927   }
2928   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2929     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2930                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2931   }
2932 
2933   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2934   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2935   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2936   */
2937   setSectorSize(pPager);
2938   return rc;
2939 }
2940 
2941 
2942 /*
2943 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
2944 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2945 ** file before this function is called.
2946 **
2947 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2948 ** the value read from the database file.
2949 **
2950 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2951 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2952 */
2953 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
2954   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2955   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
2956   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
2957   int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
2958 
2959   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2960   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2961 
2962 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2963   if( iFrame ){
2964     /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
2965     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
2966   }else
2967 #endif
2968   {
2969     i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2970     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
2971     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2972       rc = SQLITE_OK;
2973     }
2974   }
2975 
2976   if( pgno==1 ){
2977     if( rc ){
2978       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2979       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
2980       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
2981       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
2982       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
2983       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
2984       **
2985       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
2986       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
2987       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
2988       ** we should still be ok.
2989       */
2990       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2991     }else{
2992       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
2993       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2994     }
2995   }
2996   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2997 
2998   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
2999   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
3000   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
3001   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3002                PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
3003 
3004   return rc;
3005 }
3006 
3007 /*
3008 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3009 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3010 **
3011 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3012 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3013 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3014 */
3015 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
3016   u32 change_counter;
3017 
3018   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3019   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
3020   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
3021 
3022   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3023   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3024   ** is valid. */
3025   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
3026   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
3027 }
3028 
3029 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3030 /*
3031 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3032 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3033 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3034 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3035 **
3036 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3037 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3038 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3039 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3040 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3041 */
3042 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3043   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3044   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3045   PgHdr *pPg;
3046 
3047   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3048   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3049   if( pPg ){
3050     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3051       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3052     }else{
3053       u32 iFrame = 0;
3054       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
3055       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3056         rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
3057       }
3058       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3059         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3060       }
3061       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3062     }
3063   }
3064 
3065   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3066   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3067   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3068   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3069   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3070   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3071   ** the backups must be restarted.
3072   */
3073   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3074 
3075   return rc;
3076 }
3077 
3078 /*
3079 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3080 */
3081 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3082   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3083   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3084 
3085   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3086   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3087   ** following:
3088   **
3089   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3090   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3091   */
3092   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3093   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3094   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3095   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3096     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3097     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3098     pList = pNext;
3099   }
3100 
3101   return rc;
3102 }
3103 
3104 /*
3105 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3106 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3107 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3108 ** changed.
3109 **
3110 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3111 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3112 */
3113 static int pagerWalFrames(
3114   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3115   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3116   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3117   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3118 ){
3119   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3120   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3121   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3122 
3123   assert( pPager->pWal );
3124   assert( pList );
3125 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3126   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3127   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3128     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3129   }
3130 #endif
3131 
3132   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3133   if( isCommit ){
3134     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3135     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3136     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3137     ** list here. */
3138     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3139     nList = 0;
3140     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3141       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3142         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3143         nList++;
3144       }
3145     }
3146     assert( pList );
3147   }else{
3148     nList = 1;
3149   }
3150   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3151 
3152   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3153   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3154       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3155   );
3156   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3157     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3158       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3159     }
3160   }
3161 
3162 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3163   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3164   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3165     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3166   }
3167 #endif
3168 
3169   return rc;
3170 }
3171 
3172 /*
3173 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3174 **
3175 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3176 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3177 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3178 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3179 */
3180 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3181   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3182   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3183 
3184   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3185   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3186 
3187   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3188   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3189   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3190   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3191   */
3192   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3193 
3194   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3195   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3196     pager_reset(pPager);
3197     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3198   }
3199 
3200   return rc;
3201 }
3202 #endif
3203 
3204 /*
3205 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3206 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3207 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3208 **
3209 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3210 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3211 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3212 */
3213 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3214   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3215 
3216   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3217   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3218   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3219   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3220   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3221   */
3222   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3223   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3224   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3225   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
3226   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3227 
3228   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3229   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page counte based on the size of
3230   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3231   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3232   */
3233   if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
3234     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3235     int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3236     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3237       return rc;
3238     }
3239     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3240   }
3241 
3242   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3243   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3244   ** that the file can be read.
3245   */
3246   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3247     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3248   }
3249 
3250   *pnPage = nPage;
3251   return SQLITE_OK;
3252 }
3253 
3254 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3255 /*
3256 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3257 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3258 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3259 **
3260 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3261 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3262 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3263 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3264 **
3265 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3266 **
3267 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3268 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3269 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3270 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3271 ** other connection.
3272 */
3273 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3274   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3275   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3276   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3277 
3278   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3279     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3280     Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3281 
3282     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3283     if( rc ) return rc;
3284     if( nPage==0 ){
3285       rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3286       if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
3287       isWal = 0;
3288     }else{
3289       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3290           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3291       );
3292     }
3293     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3294       if( isWal ){
3295         testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3296         rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3297       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3298         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3299       }
3300     }
3301   }
3302   return rc;
3303 }
3304 #endif
3305 
3306 /*
3307 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3308 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3309 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3310 ** savepoint.
3311 **
3312 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3313 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3314 ** performed in the order specified:
3315 **
3316 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3317 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3318 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3319 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3320 **
3321 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3322 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3323 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3324 **
3325 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3326 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3327 **     the journal file.
3328 **
3329 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3330 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3331 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3332 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3333 **
3334 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3335 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3336 **
3337 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3338 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3339 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3340 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3341 */
3342 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3343   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3344   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3345   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3346   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3347 
3348   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3349   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3350 
3351   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3352   if( pSavepoint ){
3353     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3354     if( !pDone ){
3355       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3356     }
3357   }
3358 
3359   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3360   ** being reverted was opened.
3361   */
3362   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3363   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3364 
3365   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3366     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3367   }
3368 
3369   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3370   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3371   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3372   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3373   */
3374   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3375   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3376 
3377   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3378   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3379   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3380   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3381   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3382   ** are played back.
3383   */
3384   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3385     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3386     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3387     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3388       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3389     }
3390     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3391   }else{
3392     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3393   }
3394 
3395   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3396   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3397   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3398   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3399   */
3400   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3401     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3402     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3403     u32 dummy;
3404     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3405     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3406 
3407     /*
3408     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3409     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3410     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3411     */
3412     if( nJRec==0
3413      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3414     ){
3415       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3416     }
3417     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3418       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3419     }
3420     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3421   }
3422   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3423 
3424   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3425   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3426   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3427   */
3428   if( pSavepoint ){
3429     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3430     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3431 
3432     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3433       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3434     }
3435     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3436       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3437       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3438     }
3439     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3440   }
3441 
3442   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3443   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3444     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3445   }
3446 
3447   return rc;
3448 }
3449 
3450 /*
3451 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3452 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3453 */
3454 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3455   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3456 }
3457 
3458 /*
3459 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3460 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3461 */
3462 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3463   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3464 }
3465 
3466 /*
3467 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3468 */
3469 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3470 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3471   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3472   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3473     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3474     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3475     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3476     setGetterMethod(pPager);
3477     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3478   }
3479 #endif
3480 }
3481 
3482 /*
3483 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3484 */
3485 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3486   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3487   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3488 }
3489 
3490 /*
3491 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3492 */
3493 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3494   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3495 }
3496 
3497 /*
3498 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3499 **
3500 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3501 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3502 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3503 ** There are four levels:
3504 **
3505 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3506 **              for temporary and transient files.
3507 **
3508 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3509 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3510 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3511 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3512 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3513 **              when it is rolled back.
3514 **
3515 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3516 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3517 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3518 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3519 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3520 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3521 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3522 **
3523 **    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3524 **              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3525 **              journal is unlinked.
3526 **
3527 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3528 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3529 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3530 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3531 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3532 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3533 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3534 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
3535 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3536 **
3537 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3538 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3539 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3540 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3541 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3542 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3543 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3544 **
3545 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3546 ** and FULL=3.
3547 */
3548 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3549 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3550   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3551   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3552 ){
3553   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3554   if( pPager->tempFile ){
3555     pPager->noSync = 1;
3556     pPager->fullSync = 0;
3557     pPager->extraSync = 0;
3558   }else{
3559     pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3560     pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3561     pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3562   }
3563   if( pPager->noSync ){
3564     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3565     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
3566   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3567     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3568     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3569   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){
3570     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3571     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3572   }else{
3573     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3574     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3575   }
3576   pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
3577   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3578     pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
3579   }
3580   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3581     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3582   }else{
3583     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3584   }
3585 }
3586 #endif
3587 
3588 /*
3589 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3590 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3591 ** testing and analysis only.
3592 */
3593 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3594 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3595 #endif
3596 
3597 /*
3598 ** Open a temporary file.
3599 **
3600 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3601 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3602 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3603 **
3604 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3605 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3606 **
3607 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3608 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3609 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3610 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3611 */
3612 static int pagerOpentemp(
3613   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3614   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3615   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3616 ){
3617   int rc;               /* Return code */
3618 
3619 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3620   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3621 #endif
3622 
3623   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3624             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3625   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3626   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3627   return rc;
3628 }
3629 
3630 /*
3631 ** Set the busy handler function.
3632 **
3633 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3634 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3635 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3636 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3637 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3638 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3639 **
3640 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3641 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3642 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3643 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3644 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3645 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3646 **
3647 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3648 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3649 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3650 */
3651 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
3652   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3653   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3654   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3655 ){
3656   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3657   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3658 
3659   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3660     void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3661     assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3662     assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3663     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3664   }
3665 }
3666 
3667 /*
3668 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3669 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3670 **
3671 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3672 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3673 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3674 **
3675 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3676 **
3677 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3678 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3679 **
3680 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3681 **
3682 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3683 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3684 **
3685 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3686 **
3687 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3688 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3689 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3690 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3691 **
3692 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3693 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3694 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3695 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3696 */
3697 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3698   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3699 
3700   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3701   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3702   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3703   **
3704   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3705   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3706   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3707   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3708   */
3709 
3710   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3711   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3712   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3713    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3714    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3715   ){
3716     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3717     i64 nByte = 0;
3718 
3719     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3720       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3721     }
3722     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3723       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
3724       if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3725     }
3726 
3727     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3728       pager_reset(pPager);
3729       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3730     }
3731     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3732       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3733       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3734       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3735       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3736     }else{
3737       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3738     }
3739   }
3740 
3741   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3742   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3743     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3744     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3745     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3746     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3747     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3748   }
3749   return rc;
3750 }
3751 
3752 /*
3753 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3754 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3755 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3756 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3757 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3758 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3759 */
3760 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3761   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3762 }
3763 
3764 /*
3765 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3766 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3767 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3768 **
3769 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3770 */
3771 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3772   if( mxPage>0 ){
3773     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3774   }
3775   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3776   assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3777   return pPager->mxPgno;
3778 }
3779 
3780 /*
3781 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3782 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3783 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3784 **
3785 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3786 ** and generate no code.
3787 */
3788 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3789 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3790 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3791 static int saved_cnt;
3792 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3793   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3794   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3795 }
3796 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3797   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3798 }
3799 #else
3800 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3801 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3802 #endif
3803 
3804 /*
3805 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3806 ** that pDest points to.
3807 **
3808 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3809 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3810 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3811 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3812 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3813 **
3814 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3815 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3816 ** output buffer undefined.
3817 */
3818 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3819   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3820   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3821   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3822 
3823   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3824   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3825   ** to WAL mode yet.
3826   */
3827   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3828 
3829   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3830     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3831     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3832     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3833       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3834     }
3835   }
3836   return rc;
3837 }
3838 
3839 /*
3840 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3841 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3842 **
3843 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3844 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3845 */
3846 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3847   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3848   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3849   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3850 }
3851 
3852 
3853 /*
3854 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3855 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3856 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3857 **
3858 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3859 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3860 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3861 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3862 **
3863 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3864 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3865 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3866 */
3867 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3868   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3869 
3870   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3871   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3872   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3873   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3874   */
3875   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3876        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3877        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3878   );
3879 
3880   do {
3881     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3882   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3883   return rc;
3884 }
3885 
3886 /*
3887 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3888 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3889 **
3890 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3891 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3892 **
3893 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3894 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3895 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3896 **
3897 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3898 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3899 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3900 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3901 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3902 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3903 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3904 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3905 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3906 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3907 */
3908 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3909 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3910   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3911   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3912 }
3913 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3914   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3915 }
3916 #else
3917 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3918 #endif
3919 
3920 /*
3921 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3922 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3923 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3924 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3925 **
3926 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3927 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3928 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3929 ** then continue writing to the database.
3930 */
3931 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3932   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3933   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3934   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3935 
3936   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3937   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3938   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3939   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3940   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3941   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3942   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3943   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3944   ** is no longer correct. */
3945 }
3946 
3947 
3948 /*
3949 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3950 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3951 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3952 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3953 **
3954 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3955 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3956 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3957 ** content as this process.
3958 **
3959 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3960 ** an SQLite error code.
3961 */
3962 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3963   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3964   if( !pPager->noSync ){
3965     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3966   }
3967   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3968     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3969   }
3970   return rc;
3971 }
3972 
3973 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3974 /*
3975 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
3976 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
3977 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
3978 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
3979 ** *ppPage to zero.
3980 **
3981 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
3982 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
3983 */
3984 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
3985   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3986   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
3987   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
3988   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
3989 ){
3990   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
3991 
3992   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
3993     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3994     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
3995     p->pDirty = 0;
3996     assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
3997     memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
3998   }else{
3999     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
4000     if( p==0 ){
4001       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
4002       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4003     }
4004     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
4005     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
4006     p->nRef = 1;
4007     p->pPager = pPager;
4008   }
4009 
4010   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
4011   assert( p->pPage==0 );
4012   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
4013   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
4014   assert( p->nRef==1 );
4015 
4016   p->pgno = pgno;
4017   p->pData = pData;
4018   pPager->nMmapOut++;
4019 
4020   return SQLITE_OK;
4021 }
4022 #endif
4023 
4024 /*
4025 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4026 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4027 */
4028 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4029   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4030   pPager->nMmapOut--;
4031   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4032   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
4033 
4034   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
4035   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
4036 }
4037 
4038 /*
4039 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4040 */
4041 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
4042   PgHdr *p;
4043   PgHdr *pNext;
4044   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
4045     pNext = p->pDirty;
4046     sqlite3_free(p);
4047   }
4048 }
4049 
4050 
4051 /*
4052 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
4053 **
4054 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4055 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4056 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4057 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4058 ** result in a coredump.
4059 **
4060 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4061 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4062 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4063 ** to the caller.
4064 */
4065 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
4066   u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4067 
4068   assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
4069   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4070   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4071   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4072   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4073   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4074   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4075 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4076   assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
4077   sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,
4078       (db && (db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) ? 0 : pTmp)
4079   );
4080   pPager->pWal = 0;
4081 #endif
4082   pager_reset(pPager);
4083   if( MEMDB ){
4084     pager_unlock(pPager);
4085   }else{
4086     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4087     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4088     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4089     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4090     **
4091     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4092     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4093     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4094     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4095     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4096     */
4097     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4098       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4099     }
4100     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4101   }
4102   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4103   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4104   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4105   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4106   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4107   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4108   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4109   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4110 
4111 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4112   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4113 #endif
4114 
4115   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4116   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4117 
4118   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4119   return SQLITE_OK;
4120 }
4121 
4122 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4123 /*
4124 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4125 */
4126 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4127   return pPg->pgno;
4128 }
4129 #endif
4130 
4131 /*
4132 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4133 */
4134 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4135   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4136 }
4137 
4138 /*
4139 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4140 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4141 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4142 **
4143 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4144 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4145 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4146 **
4147 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4148 **     be taken.
4149 **
4150 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4151 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4152 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4153 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4154 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4155 **
4156 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4157 **     journal file is synced.
4158 **
4159 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4160 **
4161 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4162 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4163 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4164 **       <update nRec field>
4165 **     }
4166 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4167 **   }
4168 **
4169 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4170 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4171 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4172 */
4173 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4174   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4175 
4176   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4177        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4178   );
4179   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4180   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4181 
4182   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4183   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4184 
4185   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4186     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4187     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4188       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4189       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4190 
4191       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4192         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4193         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4194         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4195         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4196         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4197         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4198         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4199         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4200         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4201         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4202         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4203         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4204         **
4205         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4206         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4207         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4208         **
4209         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4210         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4211         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4212         ** the potential journal header.
4213         */
4214         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4215         u8 aMagic[8];
4216         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4217 
4218         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4219         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4220 
4221         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4222         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4223         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4224           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4225           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4226         }
4227         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4228           return rc;
4229         }
4230 
4231         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4232         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4233         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4234         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4235         **
4236         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4237         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4238         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4239         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4240         ** and never needs to be updated.
4241         */
4242         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4243           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4244           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4245           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4246           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4247         }
4248         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4249         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4250             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4251         );
4252         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4253       }
4254       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4255         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4256         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4257         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4258           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4259         );
4260         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4261       }
4262 
4263       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4264       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4265         pPager->nRec = 0;
4266         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4267         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4268       }
4269     }else{
4270       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4271     }
4272   }
4273 
4274   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4275   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4276   ** all pages.
4277   */
4278   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4279   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4280   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4281   return SQLITE_OK;
4282 }
4283 
4284 /*
4285 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4286 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4287 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4288 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4289 ** a no-op.
4290 **
4291 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4292 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4293 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4294 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4295 **
4296 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4297 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4298 ** written out.
4299 **
4300 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4301 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4302 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4303 **
4304 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4305 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4306 **
4307 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4308 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4309 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4310 ** the database file.
4311 **
4312 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4313 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4314 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4315 */
4316 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4317   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4318 
4319   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4320   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4321   assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4322   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4323   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
4324 
4325   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4326   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4327   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4328   */
4329   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4330     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4331     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4332   }
4333 
4334   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4335   ** file size will be.
4336   */
4337   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4338   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4339    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4340    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4341   ){
4342     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4343     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4344     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4345   }
4346 
4347   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4348     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4349 
4350     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4351     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4352     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4353     ** any such pages to the file.
4354     **
4355     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4356     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4357     */
4358     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4359       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4360       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4361 
4362       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4363       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4364 
4365       /* Encode the database */
4366       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData);
4367 
4368       /* Write out the page data. */
4369       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4370 
4371       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4372       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4373       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4374       */
4375       if( pgno==1 ){
4376         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4377       }
4378       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4379         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4380       }
4381       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4382 
4383       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4384       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4385 
4386       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4387                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4388       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4389       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4390     }else{
4391       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4392     }
4393     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4394     pList = pList->pDirty;
4395   }
4396 
4397   return rc;
4398 }
4399 
4400 /*
4401 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4402 ** function is a no-op.
4403 **
4404 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4405 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4406 ** fails.
4407 */
4408 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4409   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4410   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4411     const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4412       | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4413       | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
4414     int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
4415     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4416       nStmtSpill = -1;
4417     }
4418     rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
4419   }
4420   return rc;
4421 }
4422 
4423 /*
4424 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4425 **
4426 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4427 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4428 **
4429 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4430 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4431 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4432 ** bitvec.
4433 */
4434 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4435   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4436   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4437   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4438 
4439     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4440     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4441     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4442     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4443     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4444          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4445          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4446     );
4447     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4448 
4449     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4450     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4451     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4452       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4453       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4454       char *pData2;
4455 
4456       CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
4457       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4458       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4459       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4460         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4461       }
4462     }
4463   }
4464   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4465     pPager->nSubRec++;
4466     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4467     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4468   }
4469   return rc;
4470 }
4471 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4472   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4473     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4474   }else{
4475     return SQLITE_OK;
4476   }
4477 }
4478 
4479 /*
4480 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4481 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4482 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4483 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4484 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4485 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4486 ** argument.
4487 **
4488 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4489 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4490 ** journal file.
4491 **
4492 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4493 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4494 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4495 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4496 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4497 */
4498 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4499   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4500   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4501 
4502   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4503   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4504 
4505   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4506   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4507   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4508   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4509   **
4510   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4511   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4512   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4513   **
4514   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4515   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4516   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4517   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4518   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4519   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4520   */
4521   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4522   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4523   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4524   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4525   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4526    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4527       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4528   ){
4529     return SQLITE_OK;
4530   }
4531 
4532   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4533   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4534     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4535     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4536     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4537       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4538     }
4539   }else{
4540 
4541     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4542     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4543      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4544     ){
4545       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4546     }
4547 
4548     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4549     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4550       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4551       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4552     }
4553   }
4554 
4555   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4556   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4557     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4558     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4559   }
4560 
4561   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4562 }
4563 
4564 /*
4565 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4566 */
4567 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4568   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4569   if( !MEMDB ){
4570     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4571     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4572     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4573       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4574       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4575         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4576       }
4577       pList = pNext;
4578     }
4579   }
4580 
4581   return rc;
4582 }
4583 
4584 /*
4585 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4586 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4587 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4588 **
4589 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4590 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4591 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4592 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4593 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4594 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4595 **
4596 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4597 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4598 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.  When a new page is allocated, the
4599 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4600 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4601 **
4602 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4603 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4604 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4605 **
4606 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4607 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4608 **
4609 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4610 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4611 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4612 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4613 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4614 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4615 */
4616 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4617   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4618   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4619   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4620   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4621   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4622   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4623   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4624 ){
4625   u8 *pPtr;
4626   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4627   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4628   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4629   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4630   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4631   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4632   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4633   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4634   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4635   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4636   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4637   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4638   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4639 
4640   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4641   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
4642   journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4643 
4644   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4645   *ppPager = 0;
4646 
4647 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4648   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4649     memDb = 1;
4650     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4651       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4652       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4653       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4654       zFilename = 0;
4655     }
4656   }
4657 #endif
4658 
4659   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4660   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4661   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4662   */
4663   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4664     const char *z;
4665     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4666     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4667     if( zPathname==0 ){
4668       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4669     }
4670     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4671     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4672     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4673     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4674     while( *z ){
4675       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4676       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4677     }
4678     nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4679     assert( nUri>=0 );
4680     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4681       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4682       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4683       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4684       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4685       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4686       */
4687       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4688     }
4689     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4690       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4691       return rc;
4692     }
4693   }
4694 
4695   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4696   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4697   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4698   **
4699   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4700   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4701   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4702   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4703   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4704   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4705   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4706   */
4707   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4708     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4709     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4710     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4711     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4712     nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
4713     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4714 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4715     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4716 #endif
4717   );
4718   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4719   if( !pPtr ){
4720     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4721     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4722   }
4723   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4724   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4725   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4726   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4727   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4728   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4729   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4730 
4731   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4732   if( zPathname ){
4733     assert( nPathname>0 );
4734     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
4735     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4736     if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
4737     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4738     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
4739     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4740 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4741     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4742     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4743     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4744     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4745 #endif
4746     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4747   }
4748   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4749   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4750 
4751   /* Open the pager file.
4752   */
4753   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4754     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4755     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4756     assert( !memDb );
4757     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4758 
4759     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4760     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4761     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4762     **
4763     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4764     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4765     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4766     */
4767     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4768       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4769       if( !readOnly ){
4770         setSectorSize(pPager);
4771         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4772         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4773           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4774             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4775           }else{
4776             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4777           }
4778         }
4779 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4780         {
4781           int ii;
4782           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4783           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4784           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4785           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4786             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4787               szPageDflt = ii;
4788             }
4789           }
4790         }
4791 #endif
4792       }
4793       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4794       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4795        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4796           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4797           goto act_like_temp_file;
4798       }
4799     }
4800   }else{
4801     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4802     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4803     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4804     **
4805     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4806     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4807     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4808     **
4809     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4810     */
4811 act_like_temp_file:
4812     tempFile = 1;
4813     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4814     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4815     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4816     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4817   }
4818 
4819   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4820   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4821   */
4822   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4823     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4824     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4825     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4826   }
4827 
4828   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4829   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4830     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4831     assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
4832     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4833                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4834   }
4835 
4836   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4837   */
4838   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4839     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4840     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4841     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4842     return rc;
4843   }
4844 
4845   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4846   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4847 
4848   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4849   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4850   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4851   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4852   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4853   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4854   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4855   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4856   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4857   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4858   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4859   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4860           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4861   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4862   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4863   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4864   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4865   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4866   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4867   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4868   if( pPager->noSync ){
4869     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4870     assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
4871     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4872     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4873     assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
4874   }else{
4875     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4876     pPager->extraSync = 0;
4877     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4878     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
4879     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4880   }
4881   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4882   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4883   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4884   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4885   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4886   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4887   setSectorSize(pPager);
4888   if( !useJournal ){
4889     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
4890   }else if( memDb ){
4891     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
4892   }
4893   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
4894   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
4895   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
4896   setGetterMethod(pPager);
4897   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
4898   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
4899 
4900   *ppPager = pPager;
4901   return SQLITE_OK;
4902 }
4903 
4904 
4905 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4906 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
4907 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4908 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4909 */
4910 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4911   int bHasMoved = 0;
4912   int rc;
4913 
4914   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4915   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4916   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4917   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4918   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4919     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4920     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4921     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4922     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4923   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4924     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4925   }
4926   return rc;
4927 }
4928 
4929 
4930 /*
4931 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
4932 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
4933 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
4934 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
4935 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
4936 **
4937 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
4938 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
4939 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
4940 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
4941 **
4942 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
4943 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
4944 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
4945 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
4946 ** is returned.
4947 **
4948 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
4949 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
4950 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
4951 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
4952 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
4953 ** will not roll it back.
4954 **
4955 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
4956 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
4957 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
4958 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
4959 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
4960 */
4961 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
4962   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
4963   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
4964   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
4965   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
4966 
4967   assert( pPager->useJournal );
4968   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4969   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
4970 
4971   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
4972     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
4973   ));
4974 
4975   *pExists = 0;
4976   if( !jrnlOpen ){
4977     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
4978   }
4979   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
4980     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
4981 
4982     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
4983     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
4984     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
4985     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
4986     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
4987     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
4988     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
4989     */
4990     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
4991     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
4992       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
4993 
4994       assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
4995       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
4996       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4997         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
4998         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
4999         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5000         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5001         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
5002         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5003         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5004         */
5005         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
5006           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5007           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
5008             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
5009             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5010           }
5011           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5012         }else{
5013           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5014           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5015           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5016           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5017           ** it can be ignored.
5018           */
5019           if( !jrnlOpen ){
5020             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5021             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
5022           }
5023           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5024             u8 first = 0;
5025             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
5026             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5027               rc = SQLITE_OK;
5028             }
5029             if( !jrnlOpen ){
5030               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5031             }
5032             *pExists = (first!=0);
5033           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
5034             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5035             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5036             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5037             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5038             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
5039             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5040             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5041             ** worry so much with race conditions.
5042             */
5043             *pExists = 1;
5044             rc = SQLITE_OK;
5045           }
5046         }
5047       }
5048     }
5049   }
5050 
5051   return rc;
5052 }
5053 
5054 /*
5055 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5056 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5057 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5058 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5059 **
5060 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5061 **
5062 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5063 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5064 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5065 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5066 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5067 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5068 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5069 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5070 **
5071 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5072 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5073 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5074 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5075 **      file.
5076 **
5077 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5078 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5079 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5080 */
5081 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5082   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5083 
5084   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5085   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5086   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5087   ** exclusive access mode.  */
5088   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5089   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5090   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5091   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5092 
5093   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5094     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5095 
5096     assert( !MEMDB );
5097     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
5098 
5099     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5100     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5101       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5102       goto failed;
5103     }
5104 
5105     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5106     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5107     */
5108     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5109       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5110     }
5111     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5112       goto failed;
5113     }
5114     if( bHotJournal ){
5115       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5116         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5117         goto failed;
5118       }
5119 
5120       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5121       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5122       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5123       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5124       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5125       ** hot-journal back.
5126       **
5127       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5128       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5129       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5130       ** on the database file.
5131       **
5132       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5133       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5134       */
5135       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5136       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5137         goto failed;
5138       }
5139 
5140       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5141       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5142       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5143       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5144       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5145       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5146       **
5147       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5148       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5149       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5150       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5151       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5152       */
5153       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5154         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5155         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5156         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5157             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5158         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5159           int fout = 0;
5160           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5161           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5162           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5163           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5164           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5165             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5166             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5167           }
5168         }
5169       }
5170 
5171       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5172       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5173       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5174       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5175       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5176       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5177       ** the journal before playing it back.
5178       */
5179       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5180         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5181         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5182         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5183           rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
5184           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5185         }
5186       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5187         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5188       }
5189 
5190       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5191         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5192         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5193         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5194         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5195         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5196         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5197         **
5198         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5199         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5200         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5201         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5202         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5203         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5204         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5205         ** references.
5206         */
5207         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5208         goto failed;
5209       }
5210 
5211       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5212       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5213            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5214       );
5215     }
5216 
5217     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5218       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5219       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5220       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5221       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5222       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5223       **
5224       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5225       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5226       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5227       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5228       ** a codec is in use.
5229       **
5230       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5231       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5232       ** it can be neglected.
5233       */
5234       Pgno nPage = 0;
5235       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5236 
5237       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5238       if( rc ) goto failed;
5239 
5240       if( nPage>0 ){
5241         IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5242         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5243         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5244           goto failed;
5245         }
5246       }else{
5247         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5248       }
5249 
5250       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5251         pager_reset(pPager);
5252 
5253         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5254         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5255         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5256         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5257         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5258         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5259         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5260           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5261         }
5262       }
5263     }
5264 
5265     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5266     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5267     */
5268     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5269 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5270     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5271 #endif
5272   }
5273 
5274   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5275     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5276     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5277   }
5278 
5279   if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5280     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5281   }
5282 
5283  failed:
5284   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5285     assert( !MEMDB );
5286     pager_unlock(pPager);
5287     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5288   }else{
5289     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5290     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5291   }
5292   return rc;
5293 }
5294 
5295 /*
5296 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5297 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5298 **
5299 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5300 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5301 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5302 */
5303 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5304   if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
5305     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5306   }
5307 }
5308 
5309 /*
5310 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5311 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5312 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5313 **
5314 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5315 ** on the current state of the pager.
5316 **
5317 **     getPageNormal()         --  The normal getter
5318 **     getPageError()          --  Used if the pager is in an error state
5319 **     getPageMmap()           --  Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5320 **
5321 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5322 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5323 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5324 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5325 ** object with no outstanding references.
5326 **
5327 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5328 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5329 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5330 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5331 **
5332 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5333 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5334 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5335 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5336 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5337 **
5338 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5339 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5340 **
5341 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5342 **
5343 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5344 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5345 **      from the savepoint journal.
5346 **
5347 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5348 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5349 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5350 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5351 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5352 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5353 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5354 **
5355 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5356 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5357 **
5358 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5359 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5360 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5361 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5362 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5363 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5364 ** or journal files.
5365 */
5366 static int getPageNormal(
5367   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5368   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5369   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5370   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5371 ){
5372   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5373   PgHdr *pPg;
5374   u8 noContent;                   /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5375   sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5376 
5377   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5378   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5379   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5380   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5381 
5382   if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5383   pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5384   if( pBase==0 ){
5385     pPg = 0;
5386     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5387     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5388     if( pBase==0 ){
5389       rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5390       goto pager_acquire_err;
5391     }
5392   }
5393   pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5394   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5395   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5396   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5397 
5398   noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
5399   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5400     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5401     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5402     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5403     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5404     return SQLITE_OK;
5405 
5406   }else{
5407     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5408     ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5409     **
5410     ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31
5411     ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5412     */
5413     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5414       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5415       goto pager_acquire_err;
5416     }
5417 
5418     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5419 
5420     assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
5421     if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
5422       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5423         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5424         goto pager_acquire_err;
5425       }
5426       if( noContent ){
5427         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5428         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5429         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5430         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5431         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5432         */
5433         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5434         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5435           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5436           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5437         }
5438         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5439         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5440         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5441       }
5442       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5443       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5444     }else{
5445       u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5446       if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5447         rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5448         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5449       }
5450       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5451       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5452       rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
5453       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5454         goto pager_acquire_err;
5455       }
5456     }
5457     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5458   }
5459   return SQLITE_OK;
5460 
5461 pager_acquire_err:
5462   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5463   if( pPg ){
5464     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5465   }
5466   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5467   *ppPage = 0;
5468   return rc;
5469 }
5470 
5471 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5472 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5473 static int getPageMMap(
5474   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5475   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5476   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5477   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5478 ){
5479   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5480   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5481   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5482 
5483   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5484   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5485   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5486   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5487   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
5488    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5489   );
5490 
5491   assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
5492 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5493   assert( pPager->xCodec==0 );
5494 #endif
5495 
5496   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5497   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5498   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5499   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5500   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5501     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5502   }
5503   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5504   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5505   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5506   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5507 
5508   if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5509     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5510     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5511       *ppPage = 0;
5512       return rc;
5513     }
5514   }
5515   if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5516     void *pData = 0;
5517     rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5518         (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5519     );
5520     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5521       if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
5522         pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5523       }
5524       if( pPg==0 ){
5525         rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5526      }else{
5527         sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5528       }
5529       if( pPg ){
5530         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5531         *ppPage = pPg;
5532         return SQLITE_OK;
5533       }
5534     }
5535     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5536       *ppPage = 0;
5537       return rc;
5538     }
5539   }
5540   return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5541 }
5542 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5543 
5544 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5545 static int getPageError(
5546   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5547   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5548   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5549   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5550 ){
5551   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
5552   UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
5553   assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
5554   *ppPage = 0;
5555   return pPager->errCode;
5556 }
5557 
5558 
5559 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5560 */
5561 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5562   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5563   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5564   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5565   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5566 ){
5567   return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5568 }
5569 
5570 /*
5571 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5572 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5573 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5574 **
5575 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5576 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5577 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5578 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5579 ** has ever happened.
5580 */
5581 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5582   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5583   assert( pPager!=0 );
5584   assert( pgno!=0 );
5585   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5586   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5587   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5588   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5589   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5590 }
5591 
5592 /*
5593 ** Release a page reference.
5594 **
5595 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
5596 ** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
5597 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
5598 ** removed.
5599 */
5600 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5601   Pager *pPager;
5602   assert( pPg!=0 );
5603   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5604   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5605     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5606   }else{
5607     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5608   }
5609   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5610 }
5611 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5612   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5613 }
5614 
5615 /*
5616 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5617 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5618 ** file when this routine is called.
5619 **
5620 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5621 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5622 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5623 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5624 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5625 **
5626 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5627 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5628 ** already open file.
5629 **
5630 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5631 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5632 **
5633 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5634 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5635 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5636 */
5637 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5638   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5639   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5640 
5641   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5642   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5643   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5644 
5645   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5646   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5647   ** an error state. */
5648   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5649 
5650   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5651     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5652     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5653       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5654     }
5655 
5656     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5657     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5658       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5659         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5660       }else{
5661         int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
5662         int nSpill;
5663 
5664         if( pPager->tempFile ){
5665           flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
5666           nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
5667         }else{
5668           flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5669           nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
5670         }
5671 
5672         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5673         ** it was originally opened. */
5674         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5675         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5676           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
5677               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
5678           );
5679         }
5680       }
5681       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5682     }
5683 
5684 
5685     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5686     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5687     */
5688     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5689       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5690       pPager->nRec = 0;
5691       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5692       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5693       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5694       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5695     }
5696   }
5697 
5698   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5699     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5700     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5701   }else{
5702     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5703     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5704   }
5705 
5706   return rc;
5707 }
5708 
5709 /*
5710 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5711 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5712 **
5713 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5714 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5715 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5716 ** functions need be called.
5717 **
5718 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5719 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5720 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5721 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5722 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5723 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5724 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5725 */
5726 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5727   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5728 
5729   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5730   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5731   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5732 
5733   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5734     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5735 
5736     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5737       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5738       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5739       */
5740       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5741         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5742         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5743           return rc;
5744         }
5745         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5746       }
5747 
5748       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5749       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5750       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5751       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5752       */
5753       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5754     }else{
5755       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5756       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5757       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5758       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5759       */
5760       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5761       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5762         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5763       }
5764     }
5765 
5766     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5767       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5768       **
5769       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5770       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5771       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5772       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5773       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5774       ** WAL mode.
5775       */
5776       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5777       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5778       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5779       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5780       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5781     }
5782 
5783     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5784     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5785     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5786   }
5787 
5788   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5789   return rc;
5790 }
5791 
5792 /*
5793 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5794 */
5795 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5796   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5797   int rc;
5798   u32 cksum;
5799   char *pData2;
5800   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5801 
5802   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5803   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5804   ** that we do not. */
5805   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5806 
5807   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5808   CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
5809   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5810 
5811   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5812   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5813   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5814   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5815   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5816   ** then corruption may follow.
5817   */
5818   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5819 
5820   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5821   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5822   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5823   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5824   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5825   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5826 
5827   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5828            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5829   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5830   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5831        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5832        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5833 
5834   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5835   pPager->nRec++;
5836   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5837   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5838   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5839   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5840   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5841   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5842   return rc;
5843 }
5844 
5845 /*
5846 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5847 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5848 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5849 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5850 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5851 */
5852 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5853   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5854   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5855 
5856   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5857   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5858   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5859   */
5860   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5861        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5862        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5863   );
5864   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5865   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5866   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5867   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5868 
5869   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5870   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5871   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5872   **
5873   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5874   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5875   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5876   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5877   */
5878   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5879     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5880     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5881   }
5882   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5883   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5884 
5885   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5886   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5887 
5888   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5889   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5890   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
5891   */
5892   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5893   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
5894    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
5895   ){
5896     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5897     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5898       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
5899       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5900         return rc;
5901       }
5902     }else{
5903       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
5904         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5905       }
5906       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
5907               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5908              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
5909     }
5910   }
5911 
5912   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
5913   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
5914   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
5915   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
5916   */
5917   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5918 
5919   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
5920   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
5921   */
5922   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
5923     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
5924   }
5925 
5926   /* Update the database size and return. */
5927   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
5928     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
5929   }
5930   return rc;
5931 }
5932 
5933 /*
5934 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
5935 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
5936 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
5937 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
5938 ** a write.
5939 **
5940 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
5941 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
5942 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
5943 */
5944 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
5945   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
5946   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
5947   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
5948   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
5949   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
5950   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
5951   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
5952   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
5953 
5954   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
5955   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
5956   ** this function.
5957   */
5958   assert( !MEMDB );
5959   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
5960   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
5961 
5962   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
5963   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
5964   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
5965   */
5966   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
5967 
5968   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
5969   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
5970     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
5971   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
5972     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
5973   }else{
5974     nPage = nPagePerSector;
5975   }
5976   assert(nPage>0);
5977   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
5978   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
5979 
5980   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
5981     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
5982     PgHdr *pPage;
5983     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
5984       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5985         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
5986         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5987           rc = pager_write(pPage);
5988           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5989             needSync = 1;
5990           }
5991           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5992         }
5993       }
5994     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
5995       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5996         needSync = 1;
5997       }
5998       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5999     }
6000   }
6001 
6002   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6003   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6004   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6005   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6006   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6007   */
6008   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
6009     assert( !MEMDB );
6010     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
6011       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
6012       if( pPage ){
6013         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6014         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6015       }
6016     }
6017   }
6018 
6019   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
6020   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6021   return rc;
6022 }
6023 
6024 /*
6025 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6026 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6027 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6028 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6029 **
6030 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6031 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6032 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6033 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6034 **
6035 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6036 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6037 */
6038 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6039   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6040   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
6041   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6042   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6043   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
6044     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6045     return SQLITE_OK;
6046   }else if( pPager->errCode ){
6047     return pPager->errCode;
6048   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
6049     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
6050     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
6051   }else{
6052     return pager_write(pPg);
6053   }
6054 }
6055 
6056 /*
6057 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6058 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6059 ** to change the content of the page.
6060 */
6061 #ifndef NDEBUG
6062 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
6063   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6064 }
6065 #endif
6066 
6067 /*
6068 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6069 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6070 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
6071 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6072 ** content no longer matters.
6073 **
6074 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6075 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6076 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6077 **
6078 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6079 ** DELETE operations.
6080 **
6081 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6082 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6083 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6084 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6085 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6086 */
6087 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6088   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6089   if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
6090     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
6091     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
6092     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
6093     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6094     testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
6095     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6096   }
6097 }
6098 
6099 /*
6100 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6101 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6102 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
6103 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6104 **
6105 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6106 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6107 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6108 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6109 **
6110 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6111 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6112 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6113 ** transaction is committed.
6114 **
6115 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6116 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6117 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6118 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6119 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6120 */
6121 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6122   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6123 
6124   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6125        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6126   );
6127   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6128 
6129   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6130   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6131   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6132   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6133   **
6134   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6135   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6136   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6137   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6138   */
6139 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6140 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6141   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6142   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6143 #else
6144 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6145 #endif
6146 
6147   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6148     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6149 
6150     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6151 
6152     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6153     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6154     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6155 
6156     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6157     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6158     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6159     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6160     */
6161     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6162       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6163     }
6164 
6165     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6166       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6167       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6168 
6169       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6170       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6171         const void *zBuf;
6172         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6173         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf);
6174         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6175           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6176           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6177         }
6178         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6179           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6180           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6181           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6182           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6183           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6184           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6185         }
6186       }else{
6187         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6188       }
6189     }
6190 
6191     /* Release the page reference. */
6192     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6193   }
6194   return rc;
6195 }
6196 
6197 /*
6198 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6199 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6200 **
6201 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6202 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6203 */
6204 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6205   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6206 
6207   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
6208     void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6209     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6210     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6211   }
6212   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6213     assert( !MEMDB );
6214     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6215   }
6216   return rc;
6217 }
6218 
6219 /*
6220 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6221 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6222 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6223 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6224 **
6225 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6226 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6227 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6228 ** returned.
6229 */
6230 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6231   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6232   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6233   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6234     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6235          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6236          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6237     );
6238     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6239     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6240       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6241     }
6242   }
6243   return rc;
6244 }
6245 
6246 /*
6247 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6248 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6249 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6250 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6251 **
6252 ** This routine ensures that:
6253 **
6254 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6255 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6256 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6257 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6258 **   * the database file synced.
6259 **
6260 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6261 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6262 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6263 **
6264 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6265 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6266 **
6267 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6268 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6269 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6270 ** journal file in this case.
6271 */
6272 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6273   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6274   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6275   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6276 ){
6277   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6278 
6279   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6280        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6281        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6282        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6283   );
6284   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6285 
6286   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6287   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6288 
6289   /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6290   if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
6291 
6292   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6293       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6294 
6295   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6296   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6297 
6298   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
6299   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
6300   if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
6301     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6302     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6303     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
6304     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6305   }else{
6306     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6307       PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6308       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6309       if( pList==0 ){
6310         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6311         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6312         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6313         pList = pPageOne;
6314         pList->pDirty = 0;
6315       }
6316       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6317       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6318         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6319       }
6320       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6321       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6322         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6323       }
6324     }else{
6325       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6326       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6327       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6328       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6329       **
6330       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6331       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6332       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6333       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6334       **
6335       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6336       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6337       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6338       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6339       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6340       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6341       ** mode.
6342       **
6343       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6344       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6345       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6346       ** created for this transaction.
6347       */
6348   #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6349       PgHdr *pPg;
6350       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6351            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6352            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6353       );
6354       if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6355        && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6356        && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6357        && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6358       ){
6359         /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6360         ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6361         ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6362         ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6363         ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6364         */
6365         rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6366       }else{
6367         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6368         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6369           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6370         }
6371       }
6372   #else
6373       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6374   #endif
6375       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6376 
6377       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6378       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6379       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6380       */
6381       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6382       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6383 
6384       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6385       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6386       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6387       **
6388       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6389       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6390       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6391       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6392       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6393       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6394       */
6395       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6396       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6397 
6398       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
6399       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6400         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6401         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6402       }
6403       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6404 
6405       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6406       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6407       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6408       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6409       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6410       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6411       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6412         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6413         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6414         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6415         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6416       }
6417 
6418       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6419       if( !noSync ){
6420         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6421       }
6422       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6423     }
6424   }
6425 
6426 commit_phase_one_exit:
6427   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6428     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6429   }
6430   return rc;
6431 }
6432 
6433 
6434 /*
6435 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6436 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6437 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6438 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6439 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6440 **
6441 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6442 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6443 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6444 ** irrevocably committed.
6445 **
6446 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6447 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6448 */
6449 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6450   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6451 
6452   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6453   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6454   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6455   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6456 
6457   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6458        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6459        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6460   );
6461   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6462 
6463   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6464   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6465   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6466   **
6467   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6468   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6469   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6470   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6471   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6472   ** to drop any locks either.
6473   */
6474   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6475    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6476    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6477   ){
6478     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6479     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6480     return SQLITE_OK;
6481   }
6482 
6483   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6484   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6485   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6486   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6487 }
6488 
6489 /*
6490 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6491 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6492 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6493 ** state if an error occurs.
6494 **
6495 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6496 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6497 **
6498 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6499 **
6500 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6501 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6502 **      was opened, and
6503 **
6504 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6505 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6506 **
6507 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6508 ** rollback is successful.
6509 **
6510 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6511 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6512 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6513 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6514 */
6515 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6516   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6517   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6518 
6519   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6520   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6521   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6522   */
6523   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6524   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6525   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6526 
6527   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6528     int rc2;
6529     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6530     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6531     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6532   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6533     int eState = pPager->eState;
6534     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6535     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6536       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6537       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6538       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6539       */
6540       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6541       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6542       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6543       return rc;
6544     }
6545   }else{
6546     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6547   }
6548 
6549   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6550   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6551           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6552           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6553   );
6554 
6555   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6556   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6557   */
6558   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6559 }
6560 
6561 /*
6562 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6563 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6564 */
6565 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6566   return pPager->readOnly;
6567 }
6568 
6569 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6570 /*
6571 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6572 */
6573 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6574   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6575 }
6576 #endif
6577 
6578 /*
6579 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6580 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6581 */
6582 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6583   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6584                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6585   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6586            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6587            + pPager->pageSize;
6588 }
6589 
6590 /*
6591 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6592 */
6593 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6594   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6595 }
6596 
6597 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6598 /*
6599 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6600 */
6601 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6602   static int a[11];
6603   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6604   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6605   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6606   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6607   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6608   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6609   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6610   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6611   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6612   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6613   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6614   return a;
6615 }
6616 #endif
6617 
6618 /*
6619 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
6620 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6621 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6622 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6623 ** returning.
6624 */
6625 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6626 
6627   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6628        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6629        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6630   );
6631 
6632   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6633   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6634   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
6635 
6636   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
6637   if( reset ){
6638     pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
6639   }
6640 }
6641 
6642 /*
6643 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6644 */
6645 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6646   return pPager->tempFile;
6647 }
6648 
6649 /*
6650 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6651 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6652 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6653 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6654 **
6655 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6656 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6657 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6658 */
6659 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6660   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6661   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6662   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6663   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6664 
6665   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6666   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6667   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6668 
6669   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6670   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6671   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6672   */
6673   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6674       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6675   );
6676   if( !aNew ){
6677     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6678   }
6679   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6680   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6681 
6682   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6683   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6684     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6685     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6686       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6687     }else{
6688       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6689     }
6690     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6691     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6692     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6693       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6694     }
6695     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6696       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6697     }
6698     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6699   }
6700   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6701   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6702   return rc;
6703 }
6704 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6705   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6706   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6707 
6708   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6709     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6710   }else{
6711     return SQLITE_OK;
6712   }
6713 }
6714 
6715 
6716 /*
6717 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6718 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6719 ** created savepoint.
6720 **
6721 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6722 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6723 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6724 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6725 **
6726 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6727 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6728 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6729 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6730 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6731 **
6732 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6733 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6734 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6735 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6736 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6737 **
6738 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6739 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6740 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6741 **
6742 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6743 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6744 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6745 */
6746 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6747   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6748 
6749 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6750   if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6751 #endif
6752 
6753   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6754   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6755 
6756   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6757     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6758     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6759 
6760     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6761     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6762     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6763     */
6764     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6765     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6766       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6767     }
6768     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6769 
6770     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6771     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6772     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6773       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6774         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6775         if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
6776           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6777           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6778         }
6779         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6780       }
6781     }
6782     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6783     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6784     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6785     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6786     */
6787     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6788       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6789       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6790       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6791     }
6792 
6793 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6794     /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6795     ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6796     ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6797     ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
6798     else if(
6799         pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6800      && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6801     ){
6802       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6803       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6804       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6805     }
6806 #endif
6807   }
6808 
6809   return rc;
6810 }
6811 
6812 /*
6813 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6814 **
6815 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6816 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6817 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6818 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6819 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6820 ** participate in shared-cache.
6821 */
6822 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6823   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
6824 }
6825 
6826 /*
6827 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6828 */
6829 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6830   return pPager->pVfs;
6831 }
6832 
6833 /*
6834 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6835 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
6836 ** not yet been opened.
6837 */
6838 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6839   return pPager->fd;
6840 }
6841 
6842 /*
6843 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
6844 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
6845 */
6846 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
6847 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
6848   return pPager->jfd;
6849 #else
6850   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
6851 #endif
6852 }
6853 
6854 /*
6855 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
6856 */
6857 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
6858   return pPager->zJournal;
6859 }
6860 
6861 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6862 /*
6863 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
6864 */
6865 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
6866   Pager *pPager,
6867   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
6868   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
6869   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
6870   void *pCodec
6871 ){
6872   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
6873   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
6874   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
6875   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
6876   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
6877   setGetterMethod(pPager);
6878   pagerReportSize(pPager);
6879 }
6880 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
6881   return pPager->pCodec;
6882 }
6883 
6884 /*
6885 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
6886 ** into the log file.
6887 **
6888 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
6889 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
6890 */
6891 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
6892   void *aData = 0;
6893   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
6894   return aData;
6895 }
6896 
6897 /*
6898 ** Return the current pager state
6899 */
6900 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
6901   return pPager->eState;
6902 }
6903 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
6904 
6905 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
6906 /*
6907 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
6908 **
6909 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
6910 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
6911 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
6912 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
6913 **
6914 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
6915 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
6916 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
6917 **
6918 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
6919 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
6920 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
6921 ** transaction is active).
6922 **
6923 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
6924 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
6925 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
6926 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
6927 **
6928 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
6929 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
6930 */
6931 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
6932   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
6933   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
6934   int rc;                      /* Return code */
6935   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
6936 
6937   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
6938   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6939        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6940   );
6941   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6942 
6943   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
6944   ** the page we are moving from.
6945   */
6946   assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
6947   if( pPager->tempFile ){
6948     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
6949     if( rc ) return rc;
6950   }
6951 
6952   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
6953   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
6954   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
6955   **
6956   **   BEGIN;
6957   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
6958   **     SAVEPOINT one;
6959   **       <Move page X to location Y>
6960   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
6961   **
6962   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
6963   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
6964   ** statement were is processed.
6965   **
6966   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
6967   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
6968   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
6969   */
6970   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
6971    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
6972   ){
6973     return rc;
6974   }
6975 
6976   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
6977       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
6978   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
6979 
6980   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
6981   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
6982   **
6983   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
6984   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
6985   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
6986   */
6987   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
6988     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
6989     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
6990             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
6991     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
6992   }
6993 
6994   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
6995   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
6996   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
6997   ** for the page moved there.
6998   */
6999   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7000   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
7001   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
7002   if( pPgOld ){
7003     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
7004     if( pPager->tempFile ){
7005       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7006       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
7007       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
7008     }else{
7009       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
7010     }
7011   }
7012 
7013   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
7014   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
7015   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
7016 
7017   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7018   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
7019   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7020   */
7021   if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
7022     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
7023     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7024   }
7025 
7026   if( needSyncPgno ){
7027     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7028     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7029     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7030     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7031     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7032     ** flag.
7033     **
7034     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7035     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7036     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7037     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7038     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7039     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7040     */
7041     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
7042     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
7043     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7044       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
7045         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
7046         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
7047       }
7048       return rc;
7049     }
7050     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7051     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
7052     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
7053   }
7054 
7055   return SQLITE_OK;
7056 }
7057 #endif
7058 
7059 /*
7060 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7061 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7062 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7063 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7064 */
7065 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
7066   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
7067   pPg->flags = flags;
7068   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
7069 }
7070 
7071 /*
7072 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7073 */
7074 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
7075   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
7076   return pPg->pData;
7077 }
7078 
7079 /*
7080 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7081 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7082 */
7083 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
7084   return pPg->pExtra;
7085 }
7086 
7087 /*
7088 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7089 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7090 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7091 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7092 **
7093 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7094 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7095 ** locking-mode.
7096 */
7097 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7098   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7099             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7100             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
7101   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
7102   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
7103   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
7104   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
7105     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
7106   }
7107   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
7108 }
7109 
7110 /*
7111 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7112 **
7113 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7114 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7115 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7116 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7117 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7118 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7119 **
7120 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7121 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7122 **
7123 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7124 **      or _MEMORY.
7125 **
7126 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7127 **
7128 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7129 */
7130 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7131   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7132 
7133 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
7134   /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
7135   ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
7136   print_pager_state(pPager);
7137 #endif
7138 
7139 
7140   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7141   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7142             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7143             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7144             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7145             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7146             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7147 
7148   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7149   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7150   ** to WAL mode.
7151   */
7152   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7153 
7154   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7155   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7156   */
7157   if( MEMDB ){
7158     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7159     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7160       eMode = eOld;
7161     }
7162   }
7163 
7164   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7165 
7166     /* Change the journal mode. */
7167     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7168     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7169 
7170     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7171     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7172     ** delete the journal file.
7173     */
7174     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7175     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7176     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7177     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7178     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7179     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7180 
7181     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7182     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7183 
7184       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7185       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7186       ** here is an optimization only.
7187       **
7188       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7189       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7190       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7191       */
7192       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7193       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7194         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7195       }else{
7196         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7197         int state = pPager->eState;
7198         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7199         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7200           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7201         }
7202         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7203           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7204           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7205         }
7206         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7207           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7208         }
7209         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7210           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7211         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7212           pager_unlock(pPager);
7213         }
7214         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7215       }
7216     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7217       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7218     }
7219   }
7220 
7221   /* Return the new journal mode */
7222   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7223 }
7224 
7225 /*
7226 ** Return the current journal mode.
7227 */
7228 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7229   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7230 }
7231 
7232 /*
7233 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7234 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7235 ** is unmodified.
7236 */
7237 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7238   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7239   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7240   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7241   return 1;
7242 }
7243 
7244 /*
7245 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7246 **
7247 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7248 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7249 */
7250 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7251   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7252     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7253     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7254   }
7255   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7256 }
7257 
7258 /*
7259 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7260 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7261 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7262 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7263 */
7264 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7265   return &pPager->pBackup;
7266 }
7267 
7268 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7269 /*
7270 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7271 */
7272 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7273   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
7274   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7275 }
7276 #endif
7277 
7278 
7279 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7280 /*
7281 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7282 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7283 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7284 **
7285 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7286 */
7287 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7288   Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7289   sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7290   int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
7291   int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7292   int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7293 ){
7294   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7295   if( pPager->pWal ){
7296     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
7297         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7298         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7299         pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7300         pnLog, pnCkpt
7301     );
7302   }
7303   return rc;
7304 }
7305 
7306 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7307   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7308 }
7309 
7310 /*
7311 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7312 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7313 */
7314 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7315   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7316   if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
7317   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7318 }
7319 
7320 /*
7321 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7322 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7323 */
7324 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7325   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7326 
7327   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7328   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7329   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7330     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7331     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7332     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7333   }
7334 
7335   return rc;
7336 }
7337 
7338 /*
7339 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7340 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7341 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7342 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7343 */
7344 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7345   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7346 
7347   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7348   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7349 
7350   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7351   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7352   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7353   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7354   */
7355   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7356     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7357   }
7358 
7359   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7360   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7361   */
7362   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7363     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7364         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7365         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7366     );
7367   }
7368   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7369 
7370   return rc;
7371 }
7372 
7373 
7374 /*
7375 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7376 ** this function.
7377 **
7378 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7379 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7380 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7381 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7382 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7383 ** not modified in either case.
7384 **
7385 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7386 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7387 ** without doing anything.
7388 */
7389 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7390   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7391   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7392 ){
7393   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7394 
7395   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7396   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7397   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7398   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7399   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7400 
7401   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7402     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7403 
7404     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7405     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7406 
7407     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7408     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7409       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7410       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7411     }
7412   }else{
7413     *pbOpen = 1;
7414   }
7415 
7416   return rc;
7417 }
7418 
7419 /*
7420 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7421 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7422 **
7423 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7424 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7425 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7426 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7427 */
7428 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7429   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7430 
7431   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7432 
7433   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7434   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7435   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7436   */
7437   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7438     int logexists = 0;
7439     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7440     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7441       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7442           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7443       );
7444     }
7445     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7446       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7447     }
7448   }
7449 
7450   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7451   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7452   */
7453   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7454     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7455     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7456       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
7457                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7458       pPager->pWal = 0;
7459       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7460       if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7461     }
7462   }
7463   return rc;
7464 }
7465 
7466 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7467 /*
7468 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7469 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7470 */
7471 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7472   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7473   if( pPager->pWal ){
7474     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7475   }
7476   return rc;
7477 }
7478 
7479 /*
7480 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7481 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7482 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7483 */
7484 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7485   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7486   if( pPager->pWal ){
7487     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7488   }else{
7489     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7490   }
7491   return rc;
7492 }
7493 
7494 /*
7495 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7496 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7497 */
7498 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
7499   int rc;
7500   if( pPager->pWal ){
7501     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
7502   }else{
7503     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7504   }
7505   return rc;
7506 }
7507 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7508 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7509 
7510 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7511 /*
7512 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7513 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7514 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7515 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7516 ** is empty, return 0.
7517 */
7518 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7519   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7520   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7521 }
7522 #endif
7523 
7524 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7525